]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/target.def
dwarf2unwind : Force the CFA after remember/restore pairs [44107/48097].
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
73
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
95
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
103 \n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
107
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
116
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
123 \n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
128
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
135 \n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
138
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
148
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
163 \n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
167
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
174 \n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
178
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
187
188 /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives. */
190 DEFHOOK
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis),
196 NULL)
197
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
199 DEFHOOK
200 (unwind_emit,
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
205 NULL)
206
207 DEFHOOKPOD
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
211 be called afterward.",
212 bool, true)
213
214 /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
215 frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode. */
216 DEFHOOK
217 (should_restore_cfa_state,
218 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\
219 restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\
220 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\
221 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\
222 the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\
223 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\
224 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
225 bool, (void),
226 hook_bool_void_false)
227
228 /* Generate an internal label.
229 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
230 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
231 (generate_internal_label,
232 "",
233 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
234 default_generate_internal_label)
235
236 /* Output an internal label. */
237 DEFHOOK
238 (internal_label,
239 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
240 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
241 \n\
242 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
243 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
244 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
245 \n\
246 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
247 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
248 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
249 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
250 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
251 \n\
252 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
253 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
254 default_internal_label)
255
256 /* Output label for the constant. */
257 DEFHOOK
258 (declare_constant_name,
259 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
260 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
261 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
262 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
263 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
264 will be an internal label.\n\
265 \n\
266 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
267 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
268 \n\
269 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
270 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
271 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
272
273 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
274 DEFHOOK
275 (ttype,
276 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
277 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
278 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
279 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
280 bool, (rtx sym),
281 hook_bool_rtx_false)
282
283 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
284 associated with the tree decl. */
285 DEFHOOK
286 (assemble_visibility,
287 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
288 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
289 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
290 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
291 default_assemble_visibility)
292
293 DEFHOOK
294 (print_patchable_function_entry,
295 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
296 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
297 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
298 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
299 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
300 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
301 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
302 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
303
304 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
305 DEFHOOK
306 (function_prologue,
307 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
308 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
309 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
310 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
311 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
312 code should be output.\n\
313 \n\
314 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
315 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
316 \n\
317 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
318 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
319 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
320 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
321 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
322 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
323 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
324 \n\
325 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
326 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
327 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
328 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
329 registers are used in the function.\n\
330 \n\
331 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
332 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
333 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
334 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
335 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
336 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
337 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
338 \n\
339 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
340 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
341 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
342 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
343 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
344 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
345 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
346 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
347 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
348 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
349 void, (FILE *file),
350 default_function_pro_epilogue)
351
352 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
353 DEFHOOK
354 (function_end_prologue,
355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
356 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
357 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
358 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
359 void, (FILE *file),
360 no_asm_to_stream)
361
362 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
363 DEFHOOK
364 (function_begin_epilogue,
365 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
366 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
367 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
368 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
369 void, (FILE *file),
370 no_asm_to_stream)
371
372 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
373 DEFHOOK
374 (function_epilogue,
375 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
376 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
377 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
378 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
379 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
380 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
381 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
382 \n\
383 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
384 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
385 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
386 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
387 \n\
388 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
390 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
391 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
392 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
393 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
394 \n\
395 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
396 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
397 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
398 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
399 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
400 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
401 \n\
402 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
403 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
404 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
405 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
406 \n\
407 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
408 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
409 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
410 number of arguments.\n\
411 \n\
412 @findex pops_args\n\
413 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
414 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
415 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
416 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
417 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
418 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
419 void, (FILE *file),
420 default_function_pro_epilogue)
421
422 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
423 DEFHOOK
424 (init_sections,
425 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
426 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
427 of its own that you need to create.\n\
428 \n\
429 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
430 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
431 described below.",
432 void, (void),
433 hook_void_void)
434
435 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
436 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
437 which this section is associated. */
438 DEFHOOK
439 (named_section,
440 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
441 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
442 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
443 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
444 this section is associated.",
445 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
446 default_no_named_section)
447
448 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
449 declaration, using their numerical value. */
450 DEFHOOK
451 (elf_flags_numeric,
452 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
453 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
454 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
455 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
456 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
457 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
458 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
459 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
460 is emitted.",
461 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
462 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
463
464 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
465 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
466 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
467 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
468 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
469 (from static destructors).
470 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
471 DEFHOOK
472 (function_section,
473 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
474 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
475 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
476 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
477 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
478 (from static destructors).\n\
479 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
480 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
481 default_function_section)
482
483 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
484 DEFHOOK
485 (function_switched_text_sections,
486 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
487 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
488 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
489 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
490 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
491 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
492 default_function_switched_text_sections)
493
494 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
495 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
496 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
497 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
498 DEFHOOK
499 (reloc_rw_mask,
500 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
501 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
502 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
503 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
504 \n\
505 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
506 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
507 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
508 in read-only sections even in executables.",
509 int, (void),
510 default_reloc_rw_mask)
511
512 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
513 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
516 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
517 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
518 \n\
519 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
520 equals true and false otherwise",
521 bool, (void),
522 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
523
524 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
525 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
526 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
527 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
528 DEFHOOK
529 (select_section,
530 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
531 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
532 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
533 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
534 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
535 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
536 \n\
537 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
538 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
539 \n\
540 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
541 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
542 default_select_section)
543
544 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
545 alignment in bits. */
546 DEFHOOK
547 (select_rtx_section,
548 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
549 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
550 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
551 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
552 in bits.\n\
553 \n\
554 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
555 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
556 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
557 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
558 default_select_rtx_section)
559
560 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
561 for SELECT_SECTION. */
562 DEFHOOK
563 (unique_section,
564 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
565 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
566 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
567 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
568 \n\
569 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
570 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
571 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
572 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
573 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
574 default_unique_section)
575
576 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
577 associated with function DECL. */
578 DEFHOOK
579 (function_rodata_section,
580 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
581 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
582 over the former.\n\
583 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
584 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
585 or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\
586 the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.",
587 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
588 default_function_rodata_section)
589
590 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
591 for mergeable data sections. */
592 DEFHOOKPOD
593 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
594 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
595 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
596 the string if a different section name should be used.",
597 const char *, ".rodata")
598
599 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
600 DEFHOOK
601 (tm_clone_table_section,
602 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
603 tables.",
604 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
605
606 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
607 DEFHOOK
608 (constructor,
609 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
610 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
611 \n\
612 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
613 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
614 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
615 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
616 \n\
617 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
618 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
619 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
620 is not defined.",
621 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
622
623 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
624 DEFHOOK
625 (destructor,
626 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
627 functions rather than initialization functions.",
628 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
629
630 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
631 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
632 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
633 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
634 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
635 DEFHOOK
636 (output_mi_thunk,
637 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
638 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
639 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
640 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
641 the real function.\n\
642 \n\
643 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
644 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
645 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
646 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
647 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
648 all other incoming arguments.\n\
649 \n\
650 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
651 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
652 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
653 \n\
654 @smallexample\n\
655 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
656 @end smallexample\n\
657 \n\
658 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
659 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
660 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
661 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
662 \n\
663 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
664 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
665 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
666 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
667 \n\
668 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
669 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
670 some targets, but probably not.\n\
671 \n\
672 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
673 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
674 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
675 not support varargs.",
676 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
677 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
678 NULL)
679
680 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
681 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
682 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
683 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
684 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
685 text to the output file. */
686 DEFHOOK
687 (can_output_mi_thunk,
688 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
689 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
690 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
691 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
692 previously exposed.",
693 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
694 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
695 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
696
697 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
698 translation unit. */
699 DEFHOOK
700 (file_start,
701 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
702 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
703 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
704 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
705 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
706 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
707 void, (void),
708 default_file_start)
709
710 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
711 DEFHOOK
712 (file_end,
713 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
714 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
715 void, (void),
716 hook_void_void)
717
718 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
719 LTO output stream. */
720 DEFHOOK
721 (lto_start,
722 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
723 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
724 nothing.",
725 void, (void),
726 hook_void_void)
727
728 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
729 LTO output stream. */
730 DEFHOOK
731 (lto_end,
732 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
733 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
734 nothing.",
735 void, (void),
736 hook_void_void)
737
738 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
739 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
740 DEFHOOK
741 (code_end,
742 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
743 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
744 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
745 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
746 nothing.",
747 void, (void),
748 hook_void_void)
749
750 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
751 external. */
752 DEFHOOK
753 (external_libcall,
754 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
755 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
756 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
757 void, (rtx symref),
758 default_external_libcall)
759
760 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
761 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
762 DEFHOOK
763 (mark_decl_preserved,
764 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
765 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
766 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
767 void, (const char *symbol),
768 hook_void_constcharptr)
769
770 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
771 DEFHOOK
772 (record_gcc_switches,
773 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
774 switches provided as argument.\n\
775 \n\
776 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
777 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
778 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
779 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
780 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
781 hook.",
782 void, (const char *),
783 NULL)
784
785 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
786 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
787 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
788 this information. */
789 DEFHOOKPOD
790 (record_gcc_switches_section,
791 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
792 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
793 hook.",
794 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
795
796 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
797 DEFHOOK
798 (output_anchor,
799 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
800 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
801 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
802 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
803 \n\
804 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
805 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
806 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
807 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
808 void, (rtx x),
809 default_asm_output_anchor)
810
811 DEFHOOK
812 (output_ident,
813 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
814 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
815 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
816 directive.",
817 void, (const char *name),
818 hook_void_constcharptr)
819
820 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
821 DEFHOOK
822 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
823 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
824 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
825 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
826 NULL)
827
828 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (final_postscan_insn,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
832 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
833 if necessary.\n\
834 \n\
835 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
836 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
837 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
838 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
839 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
840 by checking the contents of the vector.",
841 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
842 NULL)
843
844 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
845 DEFHOOK
846 (trampoline_template,
847 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
848 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
849 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
850 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
851 \n\
852 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
853 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
854 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
855 to generate it on the spot.",
856 void, (FILE *f),
857 NULL)
858
859 DEFHOOK
860 (output_source_filename,
861 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
862 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
863 \n\
864 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
865 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
866 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
867 default_asm_output_source_filename)
868
869 DEFHOOK
870 (output_addr_const_extra,
871 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
872 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
873 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
874 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
875 \n\
876 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
877 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
878 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
879 return @code{true}.",
880 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
881 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
882
883 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
884 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
885 initializers. */
886 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
887 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
888
889 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
890 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
891 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
892 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
893 (print_operand,
894 "",
895 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
896 default_print_operand)
897
898 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
899 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
900 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
901 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
902 (print_operand_address,
903 "",
904 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
905 default_print_operand_address)
906
907 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
908 `print_operand' hook. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
910 not this hook. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
913 "",
914 bool ,(unsigned char code),
915 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
916
917 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
918 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
919 DEFHOOK
920 (mangle_assembler_name,
921 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
922 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
923 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
924 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
925 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
926 tree, (const char *name),
927 default_mangle_assembler_name)
928
929 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
930
931 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
932 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
933 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
934 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
935 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
936
937 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
938 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
939 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
940 DEFHOOK
941 (adjust_cost,
942 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
943 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
944 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
945 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
946 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
947 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
948 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
949 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
950 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
951 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
952 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
953 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
954 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
955 unsigned int dw),
956 NULL)
957
958 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_priority,
961 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
962 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
963 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
964 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
965 scheduling priorities of insns.",
966 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
967
968 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
969 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
970 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
971 DEFHOOK
972 (issue_rate,
973 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
974 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
975 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
976 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
977 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
978 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
979 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
980 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
981 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
982 int, (void), NULL)
983
984 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
985 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
986 DEFHOOK
987 (variable_issue,
988 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
989 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
990 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
991 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
992 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
993 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
994 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
995 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
996 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
997 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
998 was scheduled.",
999 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1000
1001 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1002 DEFHOOK
1003 (init,
1004 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1005 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1006 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1007 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1008 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1009 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1010 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1011 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1012
1013 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1014 DEFHOOK
1015 (finish,
1016 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1017 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1018 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1019 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1020 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1021 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1022 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1023
1024 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1025 DEFHOOK
1026 (init_global,
1027 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1028 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1029 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1030 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1031 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1032
1033 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1034 DEFHOOK
1035 (finish_global,
1036 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1037 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1038 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1040
1041 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1042 places. Default does nothing. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (reorder,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1046 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1047 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1048 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1049 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1050 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1051 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1052 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1053 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1054 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1055 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1056 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1057 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1058 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1059 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1060
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder2,
1063 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1064 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1065 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1067 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1068 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1069 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1070 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1071 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1072
1073 DEFHOOK
1074 (macro_fusion_p,
1075 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1076 bool, (void), NULL)
1077
1078 DEFHOOK
1079 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1080 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1081 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1082 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1083 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1084 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1085 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1086 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1087
1088 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1089 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1090 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1093 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1094 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1095 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1096 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1097 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1098 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1099 calculated.",
1100 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1101
1102 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1103 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1104 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1105 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1106 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1107 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1108 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1109 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1110 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1111
1112 DEFHOOK
1113 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1114 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1115 void, (void), NULL)
1116
1117 DEFHOOK
1118 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1119 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1120 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1121 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1122 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1123 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1124 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1125 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1126 rtx, (void), NULL)
1127
1128 DEFHOOK
1129 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1130 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1131 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1132 void, (void), NULL)
1133
1134 DEFHOOK
1135 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1136 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1137 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1138 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1139 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1140
1141 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1142 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1143 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1144 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1145
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1148 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1149 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1150 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1151 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1152 void, (void), NULL)
1153
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1161
1162 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1163 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1164 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1165 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1166 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1167 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1168 insns on the same cycle. */
1169 DEFHOOK
1170 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1171 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1172 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1173 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1174 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1175 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1176 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1177 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1178 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1179 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1180 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1181 \n\
1182 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1183 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1184 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1185 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1186 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1187 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1188 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1189 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1190 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1191 \n\
1192 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1193 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1194 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1195 \n\
1196 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1197 int, (void), NULL)
1198
1199 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1200 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1201 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1202 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1203 DEFHOOK
1204 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1205 "\n\
1206 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1207 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1208 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1209 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1210 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1211 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1212 number of cycles.\n\
1213 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1214 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1215 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1216 \n\
1217 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1218 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1219
1220 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1221 scheduling.
1222 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1223 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1224 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1225 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1226 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1227 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1228 scheduling on current cycle. */
1229 DEFHOOK
1230 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1231 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1232 scheduling.",
1233 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1234 NULL)
1235
1236 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1237 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1238 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1239 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1240 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1241 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1242 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1243 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1244 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1245 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1246 DEFHOOK
1247 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1248 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1249 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1250 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1251
1252 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1253 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1254 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1255 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1256 described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1261 DEFHOOK
1262 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1263 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1264 an instruction.",
1265 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1266
1267 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1268 round of multipass scheduling.
1269 DATA is a pointer.
1270 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1271 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1272 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1273 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1274 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1275 DEFHOOK
1276 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1277 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1278 round of multipass scheduling.",
1279 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1280
1281 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286 DEFHOOK
1287 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1288 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1290
1291 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1292 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1293 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1294 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1295 described in DFA. */
1296 DEFHOOK
1297 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1298 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1299 void, (void *data), NULL)
1300
1301 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1302 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1303 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1304 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1305 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1306 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1307 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1308 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1309 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1310 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1311 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1312 DEFHOOK
1313 (dfa_new_cycle,
1314 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1315 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1316 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1317 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1318 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1319 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1320 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1321 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1322 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1323 and the current processor cycle.",
1324 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1325 int clock, int *sort_p),
1326 NULL)
1327
1328 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1329 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1330 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1331 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1332 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1333 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1334 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1335 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1336 second insn (second parameter). */
1337 DEFHOOK
1338 (is_costly_dependence,
1339 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1340 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1341 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1342 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1343 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1344 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1345 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1346 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1347 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1348 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1349 \n\
1350 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1351 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1352 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1353 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1354 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1355 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1356 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1357 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1358
1359 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1360 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1361 that new instructions were emitted. */
1362 DEFHOOK
1363 (h_i_d_extended,
1364 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1365 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1366 per instruction data structures.",
1367 void, (void), NULL)
1368
1369 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1370
1371 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1372 DEFHOOK
1373 (alloc_sched_context,
1374 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1375 void *, (void), NULL)
1376
1377 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1378 DEFHOOK
1379 (init_sched_context,
1380 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1381 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1382 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1383 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1384
1385 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (set_sched_context,
1388 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1389 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1390
1391 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1392 DEFHOOK
1393 (clear_sched_context,
1394 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1395 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1396
1397 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1398 DEFHOOK
1399 (free_sched_context,
1400 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1402
1403 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1404 by the insn scheduler.
1405 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1406 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1407 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1408 It should return
1409 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1410 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1411 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1412 generated one. */
1413 DEFHOOK
1414 (speculate_insn,
1415 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1416 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1417 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1418 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1419 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1420 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1421 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1422 the generated speculative pattern.",
1423 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1424
1425 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1426 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1427 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (needs_block_p,
1430 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1431 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1432 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1433 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1434
1435 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1436 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1437 instruction.
1438 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1439 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1440 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1441 is being performed. */
1442 DEFHOOK
1443 (gen_spec_check,
1444 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1445 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1446 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1447 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1448 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1449 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1450 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1451 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1452 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1453
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1455 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1456 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1457 DEFHOOK
1458 (set_sched_flags,
1459 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1460 enabled/used.\n\
1461 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1462 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1463 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1464
1465 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1466 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1467 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1468 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1469
1470 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1471 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1472 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1473 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1474
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (can_speculate_insn,
1477 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1478 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1479 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1480 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1481 should not be speculated.",
1482 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1483
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (skip_rtx_p,
1486 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1487 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1488 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1489
1490 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1491 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1492 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1493 to ddg variable. */
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (sms_res_mii,
1496 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1497 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1498 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1499 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1500 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1501 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1502 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1503
1504 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1505 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1506 parameters. */
1507 DEFHOOK
1508 (dispatch_do,
1509 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1510 in its second parameter.",
1511 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1513
1514 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1515 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1516 as the second parameter is true. */
1517 DEFHOOK
1518 (dispatch,
1519 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1520 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1521 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1522 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1523
1524 DEFHOOKPOD
1525 (exposed_pipeline,
1526 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1527 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1528 also the latencies of operations.",
1529 bool, false)
1530
1531 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1532 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1533 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1534 DEFHOOK
1535 (reassociation_width,
1536 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1537 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1538 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1539 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1540
1541 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1542 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1543 DEFHOOK
1544 (fusion_priority,
1545 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1546 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1547 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1548 \n\
1549 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1550 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1551 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1552 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1553 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1554 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1555 \n\
1556 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1557 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1558 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1559 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1560 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1561 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1562 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1563 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1564 instructions.\n\
1565 \n\
1566 Given below example:\n\
1567 \n\
1568 @smallexample\n\
1569 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1570 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1571 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1572 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1573 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1574 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1575 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1576 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1577 @end smallexample\n\
1578 \n\
1579 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1580 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1581 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1582 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1583 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1584 \n\
1585 @smallexample\n\
1586 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1587 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1588 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1589 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1590 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1591 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1592 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1593 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1594 @end smallexample\n\
1595 \n\
1596 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1597 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1598 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1599 \n\
1600 @smallexample\n\
1601 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1602 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1603 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1604 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1606 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1607 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1609 @end smallexample\n\
1610 \n\
1611 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1612 \n\
1613 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1614 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1615 \n\
1616 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1617 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1618 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1619
1620 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1621
1622 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1623 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1624 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1625 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1626
1627 DEFHOOK
1628 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1629 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1630 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1631 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1632 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1633 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1634 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1635
1636 DEFHOOK
1637 (adjust,
1638 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1639 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1640 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1641
1642 DEFHOOK
1643 (usable,
1644 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1645 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1646 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1647 to use it.",
1648 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1649
1650 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1651
1652 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1653 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1654 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1655 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1656
1657 DEFHOOK
1658 (vf,
1659 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1660 int, (void), NULL)
1661
1662 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1663
1664 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1665 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1666 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1667 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1668
1669 DEFHOOK
1670 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1671 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1672 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1673 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1674 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1675 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1676
1677 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1678
1679 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1680 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1681 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1682 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1683
1684 DEFHOOK
1685 (validate_dims,
1686 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1687 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1688 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1689 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1690 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1691 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1692 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1693 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1694 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1695 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1696 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1697 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1698
1699 DEFHOOK
1700 (dim_limit,
1701 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1702 or zero if unbounded.",
1703 int, (int axis),
1704 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1705
1706 DEFHOOK
1707 (fork_join,
1708 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1709 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1710 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1711 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1712 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1713 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1714 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1715 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1716 default_goacc_fork_join)
1717
1718 DEFHOOK
1719 (reduction,
1720 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1721 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1722 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1723 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1724 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1725 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1726 void, (gcall *call),
1727 default_goacc_reduction)
1728
1729 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1730
1731 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1732 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1733 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1734 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1735
1736 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1737 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1738 function. */
1739 DEFHOOK
1740 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1741 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1742 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1743 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1744 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1745 \n\
1746 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1747 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1748 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1749 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1750 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1751 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1752 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1753 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1754 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1755 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1756 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1757 \n\
1758 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1759 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1760 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1761 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1762 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1763 described above.\n\
1764 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1765 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1766 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1767 tree, (void), NULL)
1768
1769 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1770 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1771 DEFHOOK
1772 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1773 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1774 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1775 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1776 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1777 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1778 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1779 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1780
1781 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1782 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1783 DEFHOOK
1784 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1785 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1786 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1787 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1788 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1789 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1790 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1791
1792 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1793 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1794 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1795 DEFHOOK
1796 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1797 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1798 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1799 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1800 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1801 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1802
1803 DEFHOOK
1804 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1805 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1806 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1807 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1808 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1809 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1810 for alignment.\n\
1811 \n\
1812 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1813 correct for most targets.",
1814 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1815 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1816
1817 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1818 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1819 DEFHOOK
1820 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1821 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1822 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1823 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1824
1825 DEFHOOK
1826 (vec_perm_const,
1827 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1828 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1829 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1830 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1831 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1832 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1833 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1834 \n\
1835 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1836 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1837 \n\
1838 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1839 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1840 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1841 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1842 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1843 implementation approaches itself.",
1844 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1845 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1846 NULL)
1847
1848 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1849 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1850 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1851 DEFHOOK
1852 (support_vector_misalignment,
1853 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1854 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1855 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1856 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1857 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1858 bool,
1859 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1860 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1861
1862 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1863 scalar mode. */
1864 DEFHOOK
1865 (preferred_simd_mode,
1866 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1867 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1868 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1869 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1870 machine_mode,
1871 (scalar_mode mode),
1872 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1873
1874 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1875 DEFHOOK
1876 (split_reduction,
1877 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1878 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1879 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1880 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1881 machine_mode,
1882 (machine_mode),
1883 default_split_reduction)
1884
1885 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1886 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1887 DEFHOOK
1888 (autovectorize_vector_modes,
1889 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1890 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1891 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1892 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1893 for a given element mode.\n\
1894 \n\
1895 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1896 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1897 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1898 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1899 element mode.\n\
1900 \n\
1901 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1902 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1903 \n\
1904 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1905 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1906 @table @code\n\
1907 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1908 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1909 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1910 mode that works.\n\
1911 @end table\n\
1912 \n\
1913 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1914 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1915 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1916 returns 0.",
1917 unsigned int,
1918 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1919 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
1920
1921 DEFHOOK
1922 (related_mode,
1923 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1924 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1925 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1926 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1927 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
1928 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1929 required properties.\n\
1930 \n\
1931 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1932 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1933 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1934 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1935 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1936 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
1937 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1938 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1939 vector sizes.\n\
1940 \n\
1941 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
1942 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
1943 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
1944 opt_machine_mode,
1945 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
1946 default_vectorize_related_mode)
1947
1948 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1949 DEFHOOK
1950 (get_mask_mode,
1951 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
1952 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
1953 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
1954 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
1955 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
1956 mask mode exists.\n\
1957 \n\
1958 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
1959 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
1960 opt_machine_mode,
1961 (machine_mode mode),
1962 default_get_mask_mode)
1963
1964 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1965 mask is all zeros. */
1966 DEFHOOK
1967 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
1968 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1969 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1970 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1971 bool,
1972 (unsigned ifn),
1973 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1974
1975 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1976 DEFHOOK
1977 (builtin_gather,
1978 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1979 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1980 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1981 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1982 loads.",
1983 tree,
1984 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1985 NULL)
1986
1987 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1988 DEFHOOK
1989 (builtin_scatter,
1990 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1991 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1992 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1993 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1994 stores.",
1995 tree,
1996 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1997 NULL)
1998
1999 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2000 DEFHOOK
2001 (init_cost,
2002 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
2003 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
2004 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
2005 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
2006 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
2007 "is being vectorized.",
2008 void *,
2009 (class loop *loop_info),
2010 default_init_cost)
2011
2012 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
2013 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
2014 block. */
2015 DEFHOOK
2016 (add_stmt_cost,
2017 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
2018 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
2019 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
2020 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
2021 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
2022 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
2023 "revised.",
2024 unsigned,
2025 (class vec_info *, void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
2026 class _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, tree vectype, int misalign,
2027 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
2028 default_add_stmt_cost)
2029
2030 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2031 loop or block. */
2032 DEFHOOK
2033 (finish_cost,
2034 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
2035 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2036 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
2037 "the three accumulators.",
2038 void,
2039 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2040 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2041 default_finish_cost)
2042
2043 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2044 DEFHOOK
2045 (destroy_cost_data,
2046 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2047 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2048 "accumulator.",
2049 void,
2050 (void *data),
2051 default_destroy_cost_data)
2052
2053 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2054
2055 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2056 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2057
2058 DEFHOOK
2059 (preferred_else_value,
2060 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2061 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2062 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2063 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2064 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2065 \n\
2066 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2067 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2068 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2069 \n\
2070 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2071 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2072 constant of type @var{type}.",
2073 tree,
2074 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2075 default_preferred_else_value)
2076
2077 DEFHOOK
2078 (record_offload_symbol,
2079 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2080 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2081 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2082 void, (tree),
2083 hook_void_tree)
2084
2085 DEFHOOKPOD
2086 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2087 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2088 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2089 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2090 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2091
2092 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2093 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2094 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2095 DEFHOOK
2096 (override_options_after_change,
2097 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2098 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2099 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2100 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2101 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2102 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2103 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2104 void, (void),
2105 hook_void_void)
2106
2107 DEFHOOK
2108 (offload_options,
2109 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2110 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2111 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2112 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2113 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2114 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2115
2116 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2117 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2118 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2119 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2120 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2121
2122 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2123 DEFHOOK
2124 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2125 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2126 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2127 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2128 targets.",
2129 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2130 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2131
2132 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2133 DEFHOOK
2134 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2135 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2136 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2137 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2138 targets.",
2139 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2140 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2141
2142 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2143 DEFHOOK
2144 (unwind_word_mode,
2145 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2146 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2147 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2148 default_unwind_word_mode)
2149
2150 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2151 DEFHOOK
2152 (merge_decl_attributes,
2153 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2154 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2155 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2156 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2157 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2158 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2159 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2160 \n\
2161 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2162 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2163 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2164 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2165 will then define a function called\n\
2166 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2167 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2168 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2169 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2170 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2171 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2172 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2173 merge_decl_attributes)
2174
2175 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2176 DEFHOOK
2177 (merge_type_attributes,
2178 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2179 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2180 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2181 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2182 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2183 merging.",
2184 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2185 merge_type_attributes)
2186
2187 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2188 Ignored if NULL. */
2189 DEFHOOKPOD
2190 (attribute_table,
2191 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2192 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2193 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2194 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2195 take.",
2196 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2197
2198 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2199 argument. */
2200 DEFHOOK
2201 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2202 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2203 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2204 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2205 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2206 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2207 bool, (const_tree name),
2208 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2209
2210 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2211 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2212 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2213 DEFHOOK
2214 (comp_type_attributes,
2215 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2216 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2217 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2218 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2219 supposed always to be compatible.",
2220 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2221 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2222
2223 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2224 DEFHOOK
2225 (set_default_type_attributes,
2226 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2227 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2228 void, (tree type),
2229 hook_void_tree)
2230
2231 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2232 DEFHOOK
2233 (insert_attributes,
2234 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2235 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2236 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2237 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2238 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2239 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2240 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2241 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2242 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2243 needed.",
2244 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2245 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2246
2247 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2248 DEFHOOK
2249 (handle_generic_attribute,
2250 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2251 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2252 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2253 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2254 @var{section} attribute.",
2255 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2256 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2257
2258 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2259 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2260 DEFHOOK
2261 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2262 "@cindex inlining\n\
2263 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2264 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2265 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2266 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2267 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2268 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2269
2270 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2271 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2272 DEFHOOK
2273 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2274 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2275 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2276 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2277 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2278 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2279 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2280 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2281 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2282 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2283 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2284 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2285 \n\
2286 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2287 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2288 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2289 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2290 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2291 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2292 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2293 \n\
2294 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2295 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2296 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2297 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2298 may affect its placement.",
2299 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2300 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2301
2302 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2303 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2304 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2305 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2306 (words_big_endian,
2307 "",
2308 bool, (void),
2309 targhook_words_big_endian)
2310
2311 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2312 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2313 (float_words_big_endian,
2314 "",
2315 bool, (void),
2316 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2317
2318 DEFHOOK
2319 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2320 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2321 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2322 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2323 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2324 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2325 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2326 does not.",
2327 bool, (void),
2328 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2329
2330 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2331 DEFHOOK
2332 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2333 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2334 bool, (void),
2335 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2336
2337 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2338 DEFHOOK
2339 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2340 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2341 bool, (void),
2342 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2343
2344 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2345 DEFHOOK
2346 (align_anon_bitfield,
2347 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2348 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2349 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2350 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2351 bool, (void),
2352 hook_bool_void_false)
2353
2354 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2355 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2356 DEFHOOK
2357 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2358 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2359 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2360 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2361 \n\
2362 The default is @code{false}.",
2363 bool, (void),
2364 hook_bool_void_false)
2365
2366 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2367 DEFHOOK
2368 (init_builtins,
2369 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2370 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2371 necessary setup.\n\
2372 \n\
2373 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2374 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2375 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2376 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2377 \n\
2378 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2379 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2380 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2381 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2382 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2383 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2384 void, (void),
2385 hook_void_void)
2386
2387 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2388 built-in function decl for CODE.
2389 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2390 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2391 DEFHOOK
2392 (builtin_decl,
2393 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2394 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2395 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2396 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2397 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2398 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2399 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2400 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2401
2402 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2403 DEFHOOK
2404 (expand_builtin,
2405 "\n\
2406 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2407 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2408 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2409 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2410 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2411 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2412 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2413 built-in function.",
2414 rtx,
2415 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2416 default_expand_builtin)
2417
2418 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2419 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2420 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2421 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2422 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2423 DEFHOOK
2424 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2425 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2426 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2427 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2428 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2429 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2430 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2431 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2432 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2433 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2434 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2435
2436 DEFHOOK
2437 (check_builtin_call,
2438 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2439 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2440 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2441 and return false.\n\
2442 \n\
2443 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2444 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2445 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2446 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2447 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2448 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2449 of each argument.",
2450 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2451 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2452 NULL)
2453
2454 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2455 and GENERIC. */
2456 DEFHOOK
2457 (fold_builtin,
2458 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2459 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2460 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2461 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2462 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2463 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2464 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2465 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2466 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2467
2468 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2469 DEFHOOK
2470 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2471 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2472 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2473 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2474 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2475 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2476 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2477
2478 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2479 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2480 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2481 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2482 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2483 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2484 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2485 and 0 if they are the same. */
2486 DEFHOOK
2487 (compare_version_priority,
2488 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2489 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2490 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2491 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2492 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2493 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2494 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2495
2496 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2497 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2498 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2499 must be generated. */
2500 DEFHOOK
2501 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2502 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2503 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2504 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2505 body must be generated.",
2506 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2507
2508 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2509 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2510 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2511 identical versions. */
2512 DEFHOOK
2513 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2514 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2515 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2516 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2517 identical versions.",
2518 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2519
2520 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2521 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2522 DEFHOOK
2523 (builtin_reciprocal,
2524 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2525 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2526 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2527 tree, (tree fndecl),
2528 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2529
2530 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2531 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2532 NULL. */
2533 DEFHOOK
2534 (mangle_type,
2535 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2536 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2537 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2538 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2539 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2540 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2541 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2542 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2543 string constant.\n\
2544 \n\
2545 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2546 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2547 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2548 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2549 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2550 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2551 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2552 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2553 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2554 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2555 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2556 spaces in your string.\n\
2557 \n\
2558 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2559 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2560 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2561 before mangling.\n\
2562 \n\
2563 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2564 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2565 types.",
2566 const char *, (const_tree type),
2567 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2568
2569 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2570 DEFHOOK
2571 (init_libfuncs,
2572 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2573 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2574 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2575 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2576 library routines.\n\
2577 \n\
2578 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2579 void, (void),
2580 hook_void_void)
2581
2582 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2583 DEFHOOKPOD
2584 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2585 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2586 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2587 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2588 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2589 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2590 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2591 bool, false)
2592
2593 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2594 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2595 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2596 DEFHOOK
2597 (section_type_flags,
2598 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2599 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2600 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2601 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2602 \n\
2603 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2604 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2605 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2606 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2607 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2608 default_section_type_flags)
2609
2610 DEFHOOK
2611 (libc_has_function,
2612 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2613 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2614 the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2615 types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2616 specific type.",
2617 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
2618 default_libc_has_function)
2619
2620 DEFHOOK
2621 (libc_has_fast_function,
2622 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2623 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2624 bool, (int fcode),
2625 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2626
2627 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2628 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2629 DEFHOOK
2630 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2631 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2632 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2633 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2634 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2635 \n\
2636 @smallexample\n\
2637 static bool\n\
2638 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2639 @{\n\
2640 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2641 @}\n\
2642 @end smallexample",
2643 bool, (void),
2644 hook_bool_void_false)
2645
2646 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2647 DEFHOOK
2648 (can_follow_jump,
2649 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2650 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2651 false, if it can't.\
2652 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2653 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2654 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2655 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2656
2657 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2658 DEFHOOK
2659 (have_conditional_execution,
2660 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2661 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2662 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2663 bool, (void),
2664 default_have_conditional_execution)
2665
2666 DEFHOOK
2667 (gen_ccmp_first,
2668 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2669 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2670 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2671 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2672 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2673 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2674 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2675 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2676 NULL)
2677
2678 DEFHOOK
2679 (gen_ccmp_next,
2680 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2681 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2682 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2683 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2684 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2685 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2686 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2687 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2688 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2689 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2690 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2691 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2692 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2693 NULL)
2694
2695 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2696 DEFHOOK
2697 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2698 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2699 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2700 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2701 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2702 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2703 number of memory accesses.",
2704 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2705 NULL)
2706
2707 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2708 DEFHOOK
2709 (legitimate_constant_p,
2710 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2711 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2712 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2713 \n\
2714 The default definition returns true.",
2715 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2716 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2717
2718 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2719 DEFHOOK
2720 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2721 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2722 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2723 of @var{x}.\n\
2724 \n\
2725 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2726 \n\
2727 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2728 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2729 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2730 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2731 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2732 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2733 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2734
2735 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2736 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2737 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2738 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2739
2740 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2741 DEFHOOK
2742 (commutative_p,
2743 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2744 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2745 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2746 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2747 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2748 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2749
2750 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2751 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2752 DEFHOOK
2753 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2754 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2755 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2756 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2757 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2758 but not others.\n\
2759 \n\
2760 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2761 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2762 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2763 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2764 \n\
2765 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2766 \n\
2767 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2768 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2769 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2770
2771 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2772 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2773 DEFHOOK
2774 (legitimize_address,
2775 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2776 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2777 address.\n\
2778 \n\
2779 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2780 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2781 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2782 @var{x}.\n\
2783 \n\
2784 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2785 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2786 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2787 \n\
2788 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2789 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2790 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2791 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2792 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2793 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2794 strategy can generate better code.",
2795 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2796 default_legitimize_address)
2797
2798 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2799 DEFHOOK
2800 (delegitimize_address,
2801 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2802 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2803 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2804 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2805 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2806 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2807 into their original form.",
2808 rtx, (rtx x),
2809 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2810
2811 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2812 section. */
2813 DEFHOOK
2814 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2815 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2816 debug sections.",
2817 bool, (rtx x),
2818 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2819
2820 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2821 DEFHOOK
2822 (legitimate_address_p,
2823 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2824 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2825 \n\
2826 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2827 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2828 desired by the caller.\n\
2829 \n\
2830 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2831 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2832 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2833 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2834 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2835 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2836 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2837 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2838 \n\
2839 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2840 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2841 register is required.\n\
2842 \n\
2843 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2844 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2845 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2846 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2847 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2848 \n\
2849 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2850 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2851 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2852 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2853 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2854 \n\
2855 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2856 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2857 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2858 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2859 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2860 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2861 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2862 Format}.\n\
2863 \n\
2864 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2865 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2866 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2867 has this syntax:\n\
2868 \n\
2869 @example\n\
2870 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2871 @end example\n\
2872 \n\
2873 @noindent\n\
2874 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2875 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2876 \n\
2877 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2878 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2879 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2880 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2881 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2882 \n\
2883 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2884 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2885 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2886 default_legitimate_address_p)
2887
2888 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2889 DEFHOOK
2890 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2891 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2892 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2893 of @var{x}.\n\
2894 \n\
2895 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2896 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2897 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2898
2899 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2900 DEFHOOK
2901 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2902 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2903 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2904 \n\
2905 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2906 bool, (const_tree decl),
2907 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2908
2909 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2910 DEFHOOKPOD
2911 (min_anchor_offset,
2912 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2913 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2914 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2915 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2916 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2917
2918 DEFHOOKPOD
2919 (max_anchor_offset,
2920 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2921 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2922 value is 0.",
2923 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2924
2925 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2926 DEFHOOK
2927 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2928 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2929 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2930 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2931 \n\
2932 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2933 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2934 or target-specific sections.",
2935 bool, (const_rtx x),
2936 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2937
2938 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2939 DEFHOOK
2940 (has_ifunc_p,
2941 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2942 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2943 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2944 bool, (void),
2945 default_has_ifunc_p)
2946
2947 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2948 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2949 this is an indirect call. */
2950 DEFHOOK
2951 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2952 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2953 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2954 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2955 \n\
2956 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2957 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2958 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2959 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
2960 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2961 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2962 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2963 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2964
2965 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2966 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2967 level, outside of any function scope. */
2968 DEFHOOK
2969 (set_current_function,
2970 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2971 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2972 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2973 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2974 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2975 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2976 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2977 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2978 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2979 \n\
2980 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2981 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2982 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2983 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2984 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2985 outside of any function scope.",
2986 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2987
2988 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2989 DEFHOOK
2990 (in_small_data_p,
2991 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2992 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
2993 bool, (const_tree exp),
2994 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2995
2996 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2997 to the current executable or shared library. */
2998 DEFHOOK
2999 (binds_local_p,
3000 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3001 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3002 or executable image).\n\
3003 \n\
3004 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3005 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3006 currently supported object file formats.",
3007 bool, (const_tree exp),
3008 default_binds_local_p)
3009
3010 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3011 DEFHOOK
3012 (profile_before_prologue,
3013 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3014 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3015 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3016 bool, (void),
3017 default_profile_before_prologue)
3018
3019 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3020 enabled. */
3021 DEFHOOK
3022 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3023 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3024 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3025 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3026 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3027 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3028 bool, (void),
3029 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3030
3031 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3032 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3033 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3034 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3035 DEFHOOK
3036 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3037 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3038 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3039 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3040 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3041 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3042 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3043 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3044 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3045 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3046
3047 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3048 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3049 DEFHOOK
3050 (encode_section_info,
3051 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3052 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3053 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3054 \n\
3055 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3056 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3057 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3058 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3059 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3060 \n\
3061 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3062 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3063 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3064 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3065 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3066 leave it alone.)\n\
3067 \n\
3068 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3069 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3070 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3071 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3072 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3073 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3074 \n\
3075 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3076 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3077 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3078 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3079 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3080 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3081 \n\
3082 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3083 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3084 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3085 before overriding it.",
3086 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3087 default_encode_section_info)
3088
3089 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3090 DEFHOOK
3091 (strip_name_encoding,
3092 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3093 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3094 may have added.",
3095 const char *, (const char *name),
3096 default_strip_name_encoding)
3097
3098 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3099 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3100 DEFHOOK
3101 (shift_truncation_mask,
3102 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3103 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3104 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3105 \n\
3106 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3107 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3108 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3109 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3110 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3111 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3112 \n\
3113 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3114 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3115 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3116 \n\
3117 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3118 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3119 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3120 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3121 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3122 by overriding it.",
3123 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3124 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3125
3126 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3127 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3128 the reciprocal. */
3129 DEFHOOK
3130 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3131 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3132 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3133 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3134 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3135 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3136 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3137 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3138 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3139
3140 DEFHOOK
3141 (truly_noop_truncation,
3142 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3143 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3144 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3145 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3146 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3147 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3148 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3149 \n\
3150 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3151 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3152 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3153 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3154 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3155
3156 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3157 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3158 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3159 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3160 necessarily defined at this point. */
3161 DEFHOOK
3162 (mode_rep_extended,
3163 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3164 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3165 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3166 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3167 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3168 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3169 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3170 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3171 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3172 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3173 \n\
3174 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3175 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3176 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3177 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3178 \n\
3179 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3180 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3181 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3182 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3183 extension.\n\
3184 \n\
3185 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3186 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3187 @code{mode}.",
3188 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3189 default_mode_rep_extended)
3190
3191 DEFHOOK
3192 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3193 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3194 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3195 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3196 \n\
3197 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3198 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3199 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3200 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3201 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3202 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3203 bool, (void),
3204 hook_bool_void_false)
3205
3206 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3207 DEFHOOK
3208 (valid_pointer_mode,
3209 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3210 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3211 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3212 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3213 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3214
3215 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3216 DEFHOOK
3217 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3218 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3219 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3220 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3221 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3222 a pointer to int.",
3223 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3224 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3225
3226 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3227 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3228 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3229 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3230
3231 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3232 DEFHOOK
3233 (pointer_mode,
3234 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3235 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3236 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3237 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3238 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3239
3240 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3241 DEFHOOK
3242 (address_mode,
3243 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3244 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3245 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3246 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3247 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3248
3249 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3250 in another address space. */
3251 DEFHOOK
3252 (valid_pointer_mode,
3253 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3254 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3255 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3256 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3257 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3258 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3259 target hooks for the given address space.",
3260 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3261 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3262
3263 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3264 space for a given mode. */
3265 DEFHOOK
3266 (legitimate_address_p,
3267 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3268 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3269 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3270 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3271 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3272 explicit named address space support.",
3273 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3274 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3275
3276 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3277 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3278 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3279 DEFHOOK
3280 (legitimize_address,
3281 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3282 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3283 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3284 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3285 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3286 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3287
3288 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3289 DEFHOOK
3290 (subset_p,
3291 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3292 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3293 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3294 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3295 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3296 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3297 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3298 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3299
3300 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3301 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3302 DEFHOOK
3303 (zero_address_valid,
3304 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3305 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3306 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3307 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3308
3309 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3310 DEFHOOK
3311 (convert,
3312 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3313 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3314 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3315 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3316 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3317 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3318 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3319 default_addr_space_convert)
3320
3321 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3322 DEFHOOK
3323 (debug,
3324 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3325 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3326 int, (addr_space_t as),
3327 default_addr_space_debug)
3328
3329 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3330 DEFHOOK
3331 (diagnose_usage,
3332 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3333 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3334 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3335 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3336 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3337 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3338 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3339 The default implementation does nothing.",
3340 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3341 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3342
3343 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3344
3345 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3346 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3347
3348 DEFHOOK
3349 (lower_local_decl_alignment,
3350 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3351 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3352 void, (tree decl),
3353 hook_void_tree)
3354
3355 DEFHOOK
3356 (static_rtx_alignment,
3357 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3358 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3359 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3360 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3361 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3362 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3363
3364 DEFHOOK
3365 (constant_alignment,
3366 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3367 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3368 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3369 \n\
3370 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3371 \n\
3372 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3373 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3374 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3375 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3376 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3377 default_constant_alignment)
3378
3379 DEFHOOK
3380 (translate_mode_attribute,
3381 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3382 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3383 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3384 \n\
3385 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3386 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3387 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3388
3389 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3390 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3391 the arithmetic is supported. */
3392 DEFHOOK
3393 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3394 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3395 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3396 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3397 must work.\n\
3398 \n\
3399 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3400 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3401 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3402 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3403 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3404 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3405
3406 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3407 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3408 for further details. */
3409 DEFHOOK
3410 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3411 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3412 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3413 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3414 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3415 hook_bool_mode_false)
3416
3417 DEFHOOK
3418 (compatible_vector_types_p,
3419 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3420 vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3421 has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3422 types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3423 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3424 \n\
3425 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3426 that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3427 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3428 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3429 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3430 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3431 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3432 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3433 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3434 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3435 \n\
3436 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3437 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3438 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3439
3440 DEFHOOK
3441 (vector_alignment,
3442 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3443 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3444 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3445 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3446 the vector element type.",
3447 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3448 default_vector_alignment)
3449
3450 DEFHOOK
3451 (array_mode,
3452 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3453 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3454 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3455 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3456 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3457 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3458 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3459 used in specific cases.\n\
3460 \n\
3461 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3462 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3463 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3464 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3465
3466 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3467 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3468 DEFHOOK
3469 (array_mode_supported_p,
3470 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3471 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3472 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3473 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3474 \n\
3475 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3476 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3477 has operations like:\n\
3478 \n\
3479 @smallexample\n\
3480 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3481 @end smallexample\n\
3482 \n\
3483 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3484 \n\
3485 @smallexample\n\
3486 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3487 @{\n\
3488 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3489 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3490 @end smallexample\n\
3491 \n\
3492 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3493 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3494 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3495 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3496 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3497
3498 DEFHOOK
3499 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3500 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3501 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3502 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3503 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3504 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3505 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3506 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3507
3508 DEFHOOK
3509 (floatn_mode,
3510 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3511 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3512 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3513 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3514 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3515 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3516 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3517 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3518 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3519 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3520 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3521 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3522 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3523 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3524 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3525 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3526 default_floatn_mode)
3527
3528 DEFHOOK
3529 (floatn_builtin_p,
3530 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3531 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3532 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3533 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3534 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3535 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3536 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3537 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3538 bool, (int func),
3539 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3540
3541 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3542 TO, using MODE. */
3543 DEFHOOK
3544 (register_move_cost,
3545 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3546 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3547 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3548 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3549 that.\n\
3550 \n\
3551 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3552 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3553 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3554 \n\
3555 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3556 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3557 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3558 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3559 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3560 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3561 \n\
3562 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3563 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3564 default_register_move_cost)
3565
3566 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3567 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3568 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3569 DEFHOOK
3570 (memory_move_cost,
3571 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3572 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3573 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3574 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3575 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3576 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3577 \n\
3578 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3579 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3580 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3581 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3582 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3583 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3584 \n\
3585 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3586 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3587 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3588 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3589 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3590 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3591 are the same as to this target hook.",
3592 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3593 default_memory_move_cost)
3594
3595 DEFHOOK
3596 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3597 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3598 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3599 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3600 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3601 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3602 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3603 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3604 \n\
3605 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3606 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3607 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3608 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3609 units.\n\
3610 \n\
3611 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3612 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3613 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3614 under consideration.\n\
3615 \n\
3616 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3617 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3618 \n\
3619 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3620 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3621 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3622 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3623 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3624 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3625 \n\
3626 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3627 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3628 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3629 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3630 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3631 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3632
3633 DEFHOOK
3634 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3635 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3636 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3637 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3638 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3639 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3640 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3641 negative number from this hook.",
3642 int, (machine_mode mode),
3643 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3644
3645 DEFHOOK
3646 (slow_unaligned_access,
3647 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3648 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3649 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3650 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3651 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3652 \n\
3653 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3654 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3655 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3656 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3657 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3658 \n\
3659 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3660 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3661 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3662 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3663
3664 DEFHOOK
3665 (optab_supported_p,
3666 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3667 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3668 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3669 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3670 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3671 \n\
3672 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3673 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3674 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3675 \n\
3676 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3677 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3678 optimization_type opt_type),
3679 default_optab_supported_p)
3680
3681 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3682 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3683 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3684 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3685 DEFHOOK
3686 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3687 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3688 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3689 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3690 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3691 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3692 for any mode.\n\
3693 \n\
3694 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3695 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3696 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3697 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3698 insn.\n\
3699 \n\
3700 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3701 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3702 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3703 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3704 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3705 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3706 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3707 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3708 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3709 \n\
3710 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3711 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3712 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3713 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3714 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3715 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3716 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3717 hook_bool_mode_false)
3718
3719 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3720 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3721 DEFHOOKPOD
3722 (flags_regnum,
3723 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3724 post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3725 then this value should be set appropriately.",
3726 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3727
3728 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3729 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3730 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3731 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3732 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3733 DEFHOOK
3734 (rtx_costs,
3735 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3736 \n\
3737 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3738 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3739 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3740 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3741 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3742 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3743 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3744 \n\
3745 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3746 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3747 \n\
3748 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3749 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3750 instructions.\n\
3751 \n\
3752 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3753 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3754 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3755 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3756 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3757 \n\
3758 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3759 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3760 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3761 \n\
3762 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3763 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3764 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3765 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3766
3767 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3768 invalid addresses. */
3769 DEFHOOK
3770 (address_cost,
3771 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3772 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3773 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3774 \n\
3775 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3776 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3777 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3778 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3779 \n\
3780 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3781 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3782 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3783 \n\
3784 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3785 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3786 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3787 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3788 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3789 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3790 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3791 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3792 \n\
3793 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3794 \n\
3795 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3796 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3797 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3798 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3799 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3800 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3801 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3802 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3803 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3804 default_address_cost)
3805
3806 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3807 DEFHOOK
3808 (insn_cost,
3809 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3810 \n\
3811 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3812 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3813 instructions.\n\
3814 \n\
3815 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3816 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3817 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3818 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3819
3820 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3821 well defined units. */
3822 DEFHOOK
3823 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3824 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3825 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3826 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3827 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3828 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3829 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3830 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3831 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3832 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3833 \n\
3834 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3835 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3836 were true.\n\
3837 \n\
3838 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3839 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3840 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3841 unsigned int, (edge e),
3842 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3843
3844 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3845 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3846 DEFHOOK
3847 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3848 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3849 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3850 @code{if_info}.",
3851 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3852 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3853
3854 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3855 memref in insn. */
3856 DEFHOOK
3857 (new_address_profitable_p,
3858 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3859 @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3860 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3861 memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3862 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3863 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3864
3865 DEFHOOK
3866 (estimated_poly_value,
3867 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3868 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var{kind} is used\n\
3869 to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\
3870 the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\
3871 @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values. The default\n\
3872 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3873 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
3874 default_estimated_poly_value)
3875
3876 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3877 scheduling. */
3878 DEFHOOK
3879 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3880 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3881 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3882 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3883 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3884 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3885 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3886 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3887 hook_bool_void_false)
3888
3889 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3890 DEFHOOK
3891 (allocate_initial_value,
3892 "\n\
3893 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3894 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3895 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3896 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3897 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3898 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3899 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3900 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3901 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3902 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3903 @code{MEM}.\n\
3904 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3905 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3906 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3907 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3908 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3909 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3910 allocation.",
3911 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3912
3913 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3914 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3915 DEFHOOK
3916 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3917 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3918 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3919 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3920 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3921 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3922 passed along.",
3923 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3924 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3925
3926 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3927 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3928 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3929 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3930 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3931 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3932 DEFHOOK
3933 (dwarf_register_span,
3934 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3935 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3936 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3937 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3938 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3939 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3940 rtx, (rtx reg),
3941 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3942
3943 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3944 register. */
3945 DEFHOOK
3946 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3947 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3948 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3949 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3950 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3951 machine_mode, (int regno),
3952 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3953
3954 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3955 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3956 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3957 code, given the address of the table. */
3958 DEFHOOK
3959 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3960 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3961 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3962 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3963 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3964 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3965 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3966 void, (tree address),
3967 hook_void_tree)
3968
3969 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3970 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3971 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3972 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3973 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3974 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3975 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3976 DEFHOOK
3977 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3978 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3979 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3980 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3981 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3982 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3983 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3984 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3985 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3986 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3987 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3988 \n\
3989 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3990 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3991 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3992
3993 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3994 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3995 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3996 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3997 VOIDmode. */
3998 DEFHOOK
3999 (cc_modes_compatible,
4000 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4001 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4002 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
4003 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4004 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
4005 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4006 \n\
4007 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4008 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
4009 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
4010 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4011 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4012
4013 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4014 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4015 DEFHOOK
4016 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4017 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4018 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4019 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4020 \n\
4021 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4022 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4023 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4024 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4025 \n\
4026 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4027 definition is null.",
4028 void, (void), NULL)
4029
4030 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4031 DEFHOOK
4032 (build_builtin_va_list,
4033 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4034 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4035 tree, (void),
4036 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4037
4038 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4039 DEFHOOK
4040 (enum_va_list_p,
4041 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4042 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4043 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4044 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4045 variable.\n\
4046 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4047 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4048 internal type.\n\
4049 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4050 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4051 macro to iterate through all types.",
4052 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4053 NULL)
4054
4055 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4056 DEFHOOK
4057 (fn_abi_va_list,
4058 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4059 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4060 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4061 tree, (tree fndecl),
4062 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4063
4064 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4065 DEFHOOK
4066 (canonical_va_list_type,
4067 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4068 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4069 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4070 tree, (tree type),
4071 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4072
4073 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4074 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4075 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4076 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4077 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4078
4079 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4080 DEFHOOK
4081 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4082 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4083 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4084 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4085 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4086 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4087 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4088
4089 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4090 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4091 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4092 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4093 or an error message if not. */
4094 DEFHOOK
4095 (get_pch_validity,
4096 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4097 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4098 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4099 void *, (size_t *sz),
4100 default_get_pch_validity)
4101
4102 DEFHOOK
4103 (pch_valid_p,
4104 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4105 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4106 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4107 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4108 \n\
4109 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4110 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4111 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4112 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4113 \n\
4114 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4115 suitable for most targets.",
4116 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4117 default_pch_valid_p)
4118
4119 DEFHOOK
4120 (prepare_pch_save,
4121 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4122 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4123 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4124 to do anything here.",
4125 void, (void),
4126 hook_void_void)
4127
4128 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4129 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4130 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4131 DEFHOOK
4132 (check_pch_target_flags,
4133 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4134 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4135 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4136 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4137 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4138 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4139
4140 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4141 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4142 that type. */
4143 DEFHOOK
4144 (default_short_enums,
4145 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4146 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4147 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4148 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4149 \n\
4150 The default is to return false.",
4151 bool, (void),
4152 hook_bool_void_false)
4153
4154 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4155 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4156 DEFHOOK
4157 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4158 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4159 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4160 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4161 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4162 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4163 rtx, (void),
4164 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4165
4166 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4167 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4168 DEFHOOK
4169 (md_asm_adjust,
4170 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4171 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4172 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4173 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4174 \n\
4175 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4176 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4177 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4178 rtx_insn *,
4179 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4180 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4181 NULL)
4182
4183 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4184 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4185 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4186 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4187 the function is being declared as an int. */
4188 DEFHOOK
4189 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4190 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4191 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4192 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4193 int, (const_tree function),
4194 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4195
4196 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4197 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4198 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4199 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4200 and
4201 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4202 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4203 DEFHOOK
4204 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4205 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4206 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4207 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4208 @smallexample\n\
4209 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4210 @end smallexample\n\
4211 and\n\
4212 @smallexample\n\
4213 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4214 @end smallexample\n\
4215 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4216 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4217 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4218 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4219
4220 DEFHOOK
4221 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4222 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4223 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4224 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4225 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4226 @smallexample\n\
4227 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4228 @end smallexample\n\
4229 \n\
4230 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4231 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4232 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4233 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4234
4235 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4236 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4237 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4238 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4239 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4240 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4241 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4242
4243 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4244 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4245 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4246 DEFHOOK
4247 (stack_protect_guard,
4248 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4249 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4250 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4251 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4252 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4253 \n\
4254 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4255 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4256 tree, (void),
4257 default_stack_protect_guard)
4258
4259 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4260 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4261 DEFHOOK
4262 (stack_protect_fail,
4263 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4264 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4265 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4266 \n\
4267 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4268 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4269 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4270 tree, (void),
4271 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4272
4273 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4274 protector runtime support. */
4275 DEFHOOK
4276 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4277 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4278 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4279 bool, (void),
4280 hook_bool_void_true)
4281
4282 DEFHOOK
4283 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4284 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4285 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4286 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4287 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4288 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4289 \n\
4290 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4291 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4292 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4293 compilation for the second case.\n\
4294 \n\
4295 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4296 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4297 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4298 along with your other target hooks.",
4299 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4300
4301 DEFHOOK
4302 (speculation_safe_value,
4303 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4304 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4305 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4306 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4307 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4308 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4309 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4310 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4311 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4312 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4313 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4314 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4315 \n\
4316 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4317 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4318 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4319 default_speculation_safe_value)
4320
4321 DEFHOOK
4322 (predict_doloop_p,
4323 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4324 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4325 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4326 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4327 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4328 bool, (class loop *loop),
4329 default_predict_doloop_p)
4330
4331 DEFHOOKPOD
4332 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4333 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4334 and branch.\n\
4335 The default value is false.",
4336 bool, false)
4337
4338 DEFHOOKPOD
4339 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4340 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4341 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4342 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4343 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4344 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4345 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4346 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4347 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4348 The default value is zero.",
4349 int64_t, 0)
4350
4351 DEFHOOKPOD
4352 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4353 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4354 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4355 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4356 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4357 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4358 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4359 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4360 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4361 The default value is zero.",
4362 int64_t, 0)
4363
4364 DEFHOOK
4365 (can_use_doloop_p,
4366 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4367 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4368 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4369 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4370 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4371 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4372 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4373 \n\
4374 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4375 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4376 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4377 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4378 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4379 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4380
4381 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4382 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4383 DEFHOOK
4384 (invalid_within_doloop,
4385 "\n\
4386 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4387 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4388 could not be applied.\n\
4389 \n\
4390 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4391 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4392 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4393 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4394 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4395 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4396 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4397
4398 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4399 DEFHOOK
4400 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4401 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4402 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4403 default is to accept all instructions.",
4404 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4405 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4406
4407 DEFHOOK
4408 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4409 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4410 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4411 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4412 bool, (const_tree decl),
4413 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4414
4415 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4416 value. */
4417 DEFHOOKPOD
4418 (const_anchor,
4419 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4420 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4421 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4422 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4423 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4424 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4425 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4426 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4427 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4428 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4429 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4430 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4431 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4432 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4433 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4434 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4435
4436 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4437 DEFHOOK
4438 (memmodel_check,
4439 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4440 memory model bits are allowed.",
4441 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4442
4443 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4444 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4445 supported by the target. */
4446 DEFHOOK
4447 (asan_shadow_offset,
4448 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4449 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4450 supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
4451 by a subtarget.",
4452 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4453 NULL)
4454
4455 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4456 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4457 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4458
4459 DEFHOOK
4460 (promote_function_mode,
4461 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4462 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4463 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4464 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4465 pointer} types.\n\
4466 \n\
4467 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4468 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4469 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4470 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4471 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4472 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4473 the signedness may be different.\n\
4474 \n\
4475 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4476 \n\
4477 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4478 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4479 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4480 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4481 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4482 default_promote_function_mode)
4483
4484 DEFHOOK
4485 (promote_prototypes,
4486 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4487 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4488 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4489 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4490 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4491 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4492 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4493
4494 DEFHOOK
4495 (struct_value_rtx,
4496 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4497 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4498 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4499 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4500 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4501 argument.\n\
4502 \n\
4503 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4504 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4505 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4506 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4507 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4508 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4509 the caller.\n\
4510 \n\
4511 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4512 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4513 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4514 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4515 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4516 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4517 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4518
4519 DEFHOOKPOD
4520 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4521 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4522 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4523 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4524 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4525 undesirable on your target.",
4526 bool, false)
4527
4528 DEFHOOK
4529 (return_in_memory,
4530 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4531 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4532 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4533 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4534 libcalls.\n\
4535 \n\
4536 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4537 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4538 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4539 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4540 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4541 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4542 \n\
4543 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4544 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4545 to indicate this.",
4546 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4547 default_return_in_memory)
4548
4549 DEFHOOK
4550 (return_in_msb,
4551 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4552 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4553 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4554 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4555 \n\
4556 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4557 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4558 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4559 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4560 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4561 bool, (const_tree type),
4562 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4563
4564 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4565 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4566 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4567 DEFHOOK
4568 (pass_by_reference,
4569 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4570 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4571 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4572 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4573 \n\
4574 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4575 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4576 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4577 to that type.",
4578 bool,
4579 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4580 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4581
4582 DEFHOOK
4583 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4584 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4585 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4586 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4587 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4588 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4589 rtx, (void),
4590 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4591
4592 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4593 DEFHOOK
4594 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4595 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4596 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4597 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4598 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4599 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4600 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4601 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4602 \n\
4603 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4604 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4605 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4606 arguments.\n\
4607 \n\
4608 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4609 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4610 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4611 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4612 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4613 frame.\n\
4614 \n\
4615 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4616 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4617 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4618 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4619 for all data types.\n\
4620 \n\
4621 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4622 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4623 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4624 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4625 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4626 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4627 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4628 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4629
4630 DEFHOOK
4631 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4632 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4633 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4634 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4635 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4636 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4637 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4638 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4639 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4640 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4641
4642 DEFHOOK
4643 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4644 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4645 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4646 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4647 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4648 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4649 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4650 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4651 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4652 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4653
4654 DEFHOOK
4655 (load_returned_bounds,
4656 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4657 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4658 loaded bounds.",
4659 rtx, (rtx slot),
4660 default_load_returned_bounds)
4661
4662 DEFHOOK
4663 (store_returned_bounds,
4664 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4665 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4666 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4667 default_store_returned_bounds)
4668
4669 DEFHOOK
4670 (call_args,
4671 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4672 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4673 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4674 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4675 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4676 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4677 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4678 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4679 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4680 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4681 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4682 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4683 void, (rtx, tree),
4684 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4685
4686 DEFHOOK
4687 (end_call_args,
4688 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4689 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4690 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4691 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4692 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4693 void, (void),
4694 hook_void_void)
4695
4696 DEFHOOK
4697 (strict_argument_naming,
4698 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4699 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4700 \n\
4701 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4702 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4703 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4704 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4705 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4706 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4707 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4708 \n\
4709 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4710 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4711 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4712
4713 /* Returns true if we should use
4714 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4715 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4716 DEFHOOK
4717 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4718 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4719 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4720 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4721 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4722 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4723 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4724 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4725 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4726
4727 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4728 should be passed as two scalars. */
4729 DEFHOOK
4730 (split_complex_arg,
4731 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4732 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4733 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4734 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4735 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4736 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4737 point register.\n\
4738 \n\
4739 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4740 false.",
4741 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4742
4743 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4744 but must be passed on the stack. */
4745 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4746 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4747 DEFHOOK
4748 (must_pass_in_stack,
4749 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4750 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4751 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4752 documentation.",
4753 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4754 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4755
4756 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4757 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4758 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4759 DEFHOOK
4760 (callee_copies,
4761 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4762 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4763 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4764 by the caller.\n\
4765 \n\
4766 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4767 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4768 not be generated.\n\
4769 \n\
4770 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4771 bool,
4772 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4773 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4774
4775 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4776 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4777 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4778 DEFHOOK
4779 (arg_partial_bytes,
4780 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4781 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4782 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4783 pushed on the stack.\n\
4784 \n\
4785 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4786 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4787 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4788 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4789 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4790 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4791 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4792 \n\
4793 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4794 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4795 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4796 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4797 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4798
4799 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4800 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4801 argument. */
4802 DEFHOOK
4803 (function_arg_advance,
4804 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4805 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4806 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4807 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4808 \n\
4809 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4810 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4811 used for arguments without any special help.",
4812 void,
4813 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4814 default_function_arg_advance)
4815
4816 DEFHOOK
4817 (function_arg_offset,
4818 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4819 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4820 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4821 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4822 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4823 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4824 default_function_arg_offset)
4825
4826 DEFHOOK
4827 (function_arg_padding,
4828 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4829 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4830 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4831 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4832 \n\
4833 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4834 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4835 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4836 \n\
4837 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4838 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4839 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4840 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4841 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4842 default_function_arg_padding)
4843
4844 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4845 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4846 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4847 argument. */
4848 DEFHOOK
4849 (function_arg,
4850 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4851 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4852 the previous arguments.\n\
4853 \n\
4854 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4855 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4856 on the stack.\n\
4857 \n\
4858 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4859 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4860 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4861 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4862 for more information.\n\
4863 \n\
4864 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4865 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4866 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4867 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4868 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4869 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4870 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4871 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4872 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4873 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4874 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4875 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4876 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4877 \n\
4878 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4879 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4880 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4881 \n\
4882 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4883 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4884 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4885 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4886 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4887 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4888 \n\
4889 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4890 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4891 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4892 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4893 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4894 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4895 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4896 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4897 a register.",
4898 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4899 default_function_arg)
4900
4901 DEFHOOK
4902 (function_incoming_arg,
4903 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4904 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4905 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4906 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4907 \n\
4908 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4909 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4910 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4911 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4912 arrive.\n\
4913 \n\
4914 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4915 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4916 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4917 \n\
4918 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4919 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4920 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4921 default_function_incoming_arg)
4922
4923 DEFHOOK
4924 (function_arg_boundary,
4925 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4926 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4927 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4928 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4929 default_function_arg_boundary)
4930
4931 DEFHOOK
4932 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4933 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4934 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4935 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4936 value.",
4937 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4938 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4939
4940 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4941 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4942 DEFHOOK
4943 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4944 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4945 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4946 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4947 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4948 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4949
4950 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4951 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4952 DEFHOOK
4953 (function_value,
4954 "\n\
4955 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4956 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4957 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4958 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4959 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4960 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4961 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4962 a function returns a value.\n\
4963 \n\
4964 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4965 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4966 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4967 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4968 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4969 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4970 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4971 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4972 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4973 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4974 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4975 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4976 \n\
4977 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4978 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4979 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4980 \n\
4981 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4982 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4983 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4984 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4985 known.\n\
4986 \n\
4987 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4988 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4989 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4990 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4991 \n\
4992 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4993 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4994 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4995 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4996 default_function_value)
4997
4998 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4999 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5000 DEFHOOK
5001 (libcall_value,
5002 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5003 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5004 \n\
5005 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5006 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
5007 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5008 \n\
5009 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
5010 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5011 default_libcall_value)
5012
5013 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5014 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5015 DEFHOOK
5016 (function_value_regno_p,
5017 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5018 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5019 \n\
5020 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5021 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5022 recognized by this target hook.\n\
5023 \n\
5024 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5025 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5026 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5027 \n\
5028 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5029 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5030 default_function_value_regno_p)
5031
5032 DEFHOOK
5033 (fntype_abi,
5034 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5035 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5036 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5037 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5038 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5039 NULL)
5040
5041 DEFHOOK
5042 (insn_callee_abi,
5043 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5044 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5045 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5046 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5047 directly.\n\
5048 \n\
5049 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5050 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5051 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5052 NULL)
5053
5054 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5055 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5056 (internal_arg_pointer,
5057 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5058 current function.",
5059 rtx, (void),
5060 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5061
5062 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5063 DEFHOOK
5064 (update_stack_boundary,
5065 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5066 necessary.",
5067 void, (void), NULL)
5068
5069 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5070 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5071 DEFHOOK
5072 (get_drap_rtx,
5073 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5074 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5075 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5076 is needed.",
5077 rtx, (void), NULL)
5078
5079 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5080 DEFHOOK
5081 (zero_call_used_regs,
5082 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
5083 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
5084 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
5085 \n\
5086 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
5087 all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\
5088 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
5089 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
5090 values that are useful to an attacker.",
5091 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5092 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5093
5094 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5095 stack. */
5096 DEFHOOK
5097 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5098 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5099 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5100 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5101 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5102 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5103 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5104 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5105 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5106 bool, (void),
5107 hook_bool_void_true)
5108
5109 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5110 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5111 DEFHOOK
5112 (static_chain,
5113 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5114 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5115 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5116 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5117 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5118 \n\
5119 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5120 \n\
5121 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5122 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5123 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5124 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5125 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5126 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5127 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5128 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5129 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5130 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5131 to refer to those items.",
5132 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5133 default_static_chain)
5134
5135 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5136 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5137 DEFHOOK
5138 (trampoline_init,
5139 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5140 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5141 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5142 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5143 when it is called.\n\
5144 \n\
5145 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5146 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5147 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5148 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5149 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5150 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5151 \n\
5152 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
5153 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
5154 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5155 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5156 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5157 default_trampoline_init)
5158
5159 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5160 DEFHOOK
5161 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5162 "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
5163 but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
5164 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
5165 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
5166 \n\
5167 The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
5168 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\
5169 definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
5170 conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
5171 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5172 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5173
5174 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5175 DEFHOOK
5176 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5177 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5178 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5179 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5180 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5181 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5182 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5183 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5184 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5185
5186 DEFHOOKPOD
5187 (custom_function_descriptors,
5188 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5189 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5190 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5191 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5192 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5193 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5194 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5195 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5196 \n\
5197 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5198 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5199 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5200 \n\
5201 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5202 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5203 it to be made executable.",\
5204 int, -1)
5205
5206 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5207 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5208 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5209 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5210 DEFHOOK
5211 (return_pops_args,
5212 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5213 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5214 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5215 \n\
5216 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5217 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5218 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5219 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5220 \n\
5221 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5222 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5223 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5224 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5225 arguments (if known).\n\
5226 \n\
5227 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5228 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5229 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5230 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5231 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5232 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5233 \n\
5234 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5235 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5236 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5237 \n\
5238 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5239 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5240 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5241 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5242 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5243 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5244 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5245 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5246 number of arguments.",
5247 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5248 default_return_pops_args)
5249
5250 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5251 returned. */
5252 DEFHOOK
5253 (get_raw_result_mode,
5254 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5255 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5256 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5257 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5258 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5259
5260 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5261 passed. */
5262 DEFHOOK
5263 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5264 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5265 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5266 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5267 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5268 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5269
5270 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5271 DEFHOOK
5272 (empty_record_p,
5273 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5274 is to return @code{false}.",
5275 bool, (const_tree type),
5276 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5277
5278 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5279 DEFHOOK
5280 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5281 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5282 ABI.",
5283 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5284 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5285
5286 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5287
5288 DEFHOOK
5289 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5290 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5291 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5292 bool, (void),
5293 hook_bool_void_false)
5294
5295 DEFHOOK
5296 (init_pic_reg,
5297 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5298 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5299 void, (void),
5300 hook_void_void)
5301
5302 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5303 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5304 DEFHOOK
5305 (invalid_conversion,
5306 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5307 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5308 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5309 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5310 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5311
5312 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5313 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5314 DEFHOOK
5315 (invalid_unary_op,
5316 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5317 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5318 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5319 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5320 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5321 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5322
5323 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5324 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5325 DEFHOOK
5326 (invalid_binary_op,
5327 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5328 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5329 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5330 the front end.",
5331 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5332 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5333
5334 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5335 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5336 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5337 DEFHOOK
5338 (promoted_type,
5339 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5340 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5341 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5342 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5343 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5344 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5345 tree, (const_tree type),
5346 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5347
5348 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5349 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5350 the standard conversion rules. */
5351 DEFHOOK
5352 (convert_to_type,
5353 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5354 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5355 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5356 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5357 conversion rules.\n\
5358 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5359 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5360 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5361
5362 DEFHOOK
5363 (verify_type_context,
5364 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5365 why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5366 by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5367 error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5368 \n\
5369 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5370 @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5371 default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5372 \n\
5373 The default implementation always returns true.",
5374 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5375 bool silent_p),
5376 NULL)
5377
5378 DEFHOOK
5379 (can_change_mode_class,
5380 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5381 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5382 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5383 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5384 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5385 \n\
5386 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5387 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5388 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5389 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5390 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5391 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5392 \n\
5393 @smallexample\n\
5394 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5395 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5396 @end smallexample\n\
5397 \n\
5398 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5399 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5400 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5401 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5402 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5403 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5404 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5405 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5406 value that the middle-end intended.",
5407 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5408 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5409
5410 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5411 DEFHOOK
5412 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5413 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5414 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5415 \n\
5416 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5417 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5418 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5419
5420 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5421 DEFHOOK
5422 (lra_p,
5423 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5424 \
5425 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5426 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5427 bool, (void),
5428 default_lra_p)
5429
5430 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5431 DEFHOOK
5432 (register_priority,
5433 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5434 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5435 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5436 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5437 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5438 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5439 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5440 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5441 \
5442 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5443 int, (int),
5444 default_register_priority)
5445
5446 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5447 DEFHOOK
5448 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5449 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5450 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5451 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5452 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5453 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5454 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5455 optimizations.\
5456 \
5457 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5458 bool, (void),
5459 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5460
5461 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5462 DEFHOOK
5463 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5464 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5465 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5466 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5467 the insn.\
5468 \
5469 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5470 bool, (void),
5471 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5472
5473 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5474 instead of memory. */
5475 DEFHOOK
5476 (spill_class,
5477 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5478 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5479 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5480 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5481 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5482 NULL)
5483
5484 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5485 DEFHOOK
5486 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5487 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5488 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5489 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5490 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5491 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5492 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5493 bool, (reg_class_t),
5494 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5495
5496 DEFHOOK
5497 (cstore_mode,
5498 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5499 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5500 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5501 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5502 patterns.",
5503 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5504 default_cstore_mode)
5505
5506 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5507 classes to use. */
5508 DEFHOOK
5509 (compute_pressure_classes,
5510 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5511 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5512 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5513 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5514 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5515
5516 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5517 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5518 DEFHOOK
5519 (member_type_forces_blk,
5520 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5521 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5522 \n\
5523 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5524 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5525 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5526 retain the field's mode.\n\
5527 \n\
5528 Normally, this is not needed.",
5529 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5530 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5531
5532 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5533 that gate the divod transform. */
5534 DEFHOOK
5535 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5536 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5537 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5538 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5539 NULL)
5540
5541 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5542 DEFHOOK
5543 (secondary_reload,
5544 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5545 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5546 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5547 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5548 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5549 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5550 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5551 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5552 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5553 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5554 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5555 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5556 \n\
5557 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5558 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5559 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5560 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5561 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5562 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5563 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5564 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5565 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5566 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5567 \n\
5568 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5569 \n\
5570 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5571 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5572 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5573 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5574 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5575 \n\
5576 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5577 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5578 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5579 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5580 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5581 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5582 \n\
5583 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5584 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5585 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5586 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5587 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5588 \n\
5589 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5590 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5591 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5592 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5593 single-register-class\n\
5594 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5595 output constraint.\n\
5596 \n\
5597 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5598 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5599 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5600 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5601 \n\
5602 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5603 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5604 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5605 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5606 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5607 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5608 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5609 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5610 \n\
5611 \n\
5612 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5613 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5614 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5615 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5616 \n\
5617 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5618 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5619 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5620 \n\
5621 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5622 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5623 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5624 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5625 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5626 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5627 reg_class_t,
5628 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5629 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5630 default_secondary_reload)
5631
5632 DEFHOOK
5633 (secondary_memory_needed,
5634 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5635 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5636 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5637 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5638 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5639 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5640 false for all inputs.",
5641 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5642 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5643
5644 DEFHOOK
5645 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5646 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5647 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5648 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5649 \n\
5650 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5651 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5652 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5653 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5654 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5655 floating-point registers.\n\
5656 \n\
5657 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5658 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5659 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5660 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5661 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5662 details.\n\
5663 \n\
5664 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5665 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5666 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5667
5668 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5669 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5670 DEFHOOK
5671 (preferred_reload_class,
5672 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5673 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5674 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5675 another, smaller class.\n\
5676 \n\
5677 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5678 \n\
5679 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5680 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5681 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5682 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5683 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5684 \n\
5685 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5686 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5687 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5688 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5689 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5690 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5691 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5692 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5693 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5694 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5695 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5696 \n\
5697 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5698 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5699 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5700 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5701 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5702 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5703 reg_class_t,
5704 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5705 default_preferred_reload_class)
5706
5707 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5708 input reloads. */
5709 DEFHOOK
5710 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5711 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5712 input reloads.\n\
5713 \n\
5714 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5715 argument.\n\
5716 \n\
5717 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5718 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5719 reg_class_t,
5720 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5721 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5722
5723 DEFHOOK
5724 (select_early_remat_modes,
5725 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5726 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5727 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5728 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5729 \n\
5730 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5731 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5732 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5733 void, (sbitmap modes),
5734 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5735
5736 DEFHOOK
5737 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5738 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5739 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5740 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5741 \n\
5742 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5743 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5744 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5745 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5746 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5747 \n\
5748 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5749 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5750 pressure.",
5751 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5752 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5753
5754 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5755 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5756 DEFHOOK
5757 (class_max_nregs,
5758 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5759 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5760 \n\
5761 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5762 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5763 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5764 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5765 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5766 \n\
5767 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5768 in the reload pass.\n\
5769 \n\
5770 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5771 in words.",
5772 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5773 default_class_max_nregs)
5774
5775 DEFHOOK
5776 (preferred_rename_class,
5777 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5778 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5779 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5780 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5781 is not implemented.\
5782 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5783 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5784 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5785 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5786 be reduced.",
5787 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5788 default_preferred_rename_class)
5789
5790 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5791 during register allocation. */
5792 DEFHOOK
5793 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5794 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5795 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5796 register allocation.\n\
5797 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5798 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5799 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5800 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5801 bool, (rtx subst),
5802 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5803
5804 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5805 displacement addressing. */
5806 DEFHOOK
5807 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5808 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5809 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5810 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5811 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5812 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5813 \n\
5814 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5815 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5816 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5817 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5818 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5819
5820 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5821 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5822 DEFHOOK
5823 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5824 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5825 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5826 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5827 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5828 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5829 usage.",
5830 void, (void),
5831 hook_void_void)
5832
5833 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5834 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5835 but will be later. */
5836 DEFHOOK
5837 (instantiate_decls,
5838 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5839 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5840 void, (void),
5841 hook_void_void)
5842
5843 DEFHOOK
5844 (hard_regno_nregs,
5845 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5846 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5847 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5848 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5849 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5850 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5851 \n\
5852 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5853 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5854 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5855
5856 DEFHOOK
5857 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5858 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5859 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5860 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5861 unconditionally.\n\
5862 \n\
5863 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5864 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5865 \n\
5866 @cindex register pairs\n\
5867 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5868 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5869 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5870 \n\
5871 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5872 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5873 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5874 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5875 \n\
5876 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5877 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5878 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5879 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5880 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5881 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5882 modes to be tieable.\n\
5883 \n\
5884 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5885 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5886 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5887 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5888 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5889 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5890 \n\
5891 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5892 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5893 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5894 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5895 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5896 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5897 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5898 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5899 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5900 \n\
5901 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5902 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5903 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5904 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5905 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5906 \n\
5907 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5908 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5909 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5910 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5911 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5912 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5913 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5914
5915 DEFHOOK
5916 (modes_tieable_p,
5917 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5918 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5919 \n\
5920 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5921 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5922 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5923 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5924 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5925 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5926 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5927 \n\
5928 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5929 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5930 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5931 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5932 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5933
5934 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5935 in peephole2. */
5936 DEFHOOK
5937 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5938 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5939 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5940 \n\
5941 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5942 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5943 \n\
5944 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5945 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5946 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5947
5948 DEFHOOK
5949 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5950 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
5951 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
5952 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
5953 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
5954 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
5955 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
5956 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
5957 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
5958 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
5959 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
5960 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5961 \n\
5962 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
5963 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
5964 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
5965 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
5966 \n\
5967 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5968 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5969 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5970 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
5971
5972 DEFHOOK
5973 (get_multilib_abi_name,
5974 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
5975 const char *, (void),
5976 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
5977
5978 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5979 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5980 DEFHOOK
5981 (case_values_threshold,
5982 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5983 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5984 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5985 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5986 unsigned int, (void),
5987 default_case_values_threshold)
5988
5989 DEFHOOK
5990 (starting_frame_offset,
5991 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5992 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5993 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5994 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5995 implementation returns 0.",
5996 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5997 hook_hwi_void_0)
5998
5999 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
6000 DEFHOOK
6001 (compute_frame_layout,
6002 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
6003 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
6004 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
6005 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
6006 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
6007 this callback is optional.",
6008 void, (void),
6009 hook_void_void)
6010
6011 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
6012 DEFHOOK
6013 (frame_pointer_required,
6014 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
6015 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
6016 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
6017 \n\
6018 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
6019 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
6020 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
6021 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6022 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6023 pointer.\n\
6024 \n\
6025 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6026 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6027 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6028 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
6029 them.\n\
6030 \n\
6031 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6032 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6033 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6034 \n\
6035 Default return value is @code{false}.",
6036 bool, (void),
6037 hook_bool_void_false)
6038
6039 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6040 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6041 DEFHOOK
6042 (can_eliminate,
6043 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6044 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6045 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6046 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6047 knows about.\n\
6048 \n\
6049 Default return value is @code{true}.",
6050 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6051 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6052
6053 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6054 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6055 target. */
6056 DEFHOOK
6057 (conditional_register_usage,
6058 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6059 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6060 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6061 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
6062 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6063 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6064 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6065 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6066 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6067 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6068 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6069 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6070 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6071 command options have been applied.\n\
6072 \n\
6073 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6074 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
6075 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6076 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6077 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6078 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6079 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6080 that shouldn't be used.\n\
6081 \n\
6082 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6083 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6084 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6085 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6086 void, (void),
6087 hook_void_void)
6088
6089 DEFHOOK
6090 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6091 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6092 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \
6093 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6094 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6095 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise. \
6096 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\
6097 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6098 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6099 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6100 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6101
6102
6103 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6104 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6105 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6106 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6107
6108 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6109 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6110 (mode_for_suffix,
6111 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6112 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6113 machine_mode, (char c),
6114 default_mode_for_suffix)
6115
6116 DEFHOOK
6117 (excess_precision,
6118 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
6119 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
6120 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
6121 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
6122 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
6123 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
6124 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
6125 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
6126 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
6127 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
6128 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
6129 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
6130 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
6131 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
6132 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
6133 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6134 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6135 default_excess_precision)
6136
6137 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6138
6139 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6140 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6141 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6142 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6143
6144 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6145 DEFHOOK
6146 (guard_type,
6147 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6148 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6149 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6150 tree, (void),
6151 default_cxx_guard_type)
6152
6153 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6154 DEFHOOK
6155 (guard_mask_bit,
6156 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6157 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6158 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6159 bool, (void),
6160 hook_bool_void_false)
6161
6162 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6163 DEFHOOK
6164 (get_cookie_size,
6165 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6166 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6167 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6168 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6169 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6170 tree, (tree type),
6171 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6172
6173 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6174 DEFHOOK
6175 (cookie_has_size,
6176 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6177 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6178 bool, (void),
6179 hook_bool_void_false)
6180
6181 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6182 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6183 DEFHOOK
6184 (import_export_class,
6185 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6186 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6187 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6188 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6189 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6190 backend's targeted operating system.",
6191 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6192
6193 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6194 DEFHOOK
6195 (cdtor_returns_this,
6196 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6197 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6198 @code{false}.",
6199 bool, (void),
6200 hook_bool_void_false)
6201
6202 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6203 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6204 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6205 DEFHOOK
6206 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6207 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6208 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6209 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6210 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6211 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6212 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6213 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6214 bool, (void),
6215 hook_bool_void_true)
6216
6217 DEFHOOK
6218 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6219 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6220 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6221 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6222 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6223 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6224 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6225 void, (tree decl),
6226 hook_void_tree)
6227
6228 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6229 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6230 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6231 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6232 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6233 DEFHOOK
6234 (class_data_always_comdat,
6235 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6236 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6237 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6238 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6239 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6240 bool, (void),
6241 hook_bool_void_true)
6242
6243 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6244 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6245 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6246 DEFHOOK
6247 (library_rtti_comdat,
6248 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6249 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6250 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6251 bool, (void),
6252 hook_bool_void_true)
6253
6254 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6255 destructors. */
6256 DEFHOOK
6257 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6258 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6259 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6260 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6261 bool, (void),
6262 hook_bool_void_false)
6263
6264 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6265 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6266 DEFHOOK
6267 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6268 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6269 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6270 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6271 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6272 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6273 bool, (void),
6274 hook_bool_void_false)
6275
6276 DEFHOOK
6277 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6278 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6279 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6280 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6281 void, (tree type),
6282 hook_void_tree)
6283
6284 DEFHOOK
6285 (decl_mangling_context,
6286 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6287 tree, (const_tree decl),
6288 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6289
6290 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6291
6292 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6293 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6294 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6295 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6296
6297 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6298 DEFHOOKPOD
6299 (get_address,
6300 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6301 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6302 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6303 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6304
6305 DEFHOOKPOD
6306 (register_common,
6307 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6308 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6309 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6310 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6311 registration function to be used.",
6312 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6313
6314 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6315 DEFHOOKPOD
6316 (var_section,
6317 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6318 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6319 any section.",
6320 const char *, NULL)
6321
6322 DEFHOOKPOD
6323 (tmpl_section,
6324 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6325 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6326 section.",
6327 const char *, NULL)
6328
6329 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6330 DEFHOOKPOD
6331 (var_prefix,
6332 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6333 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6334 const char *, NULL)
6335
6336 DEFHOOKPOD
6337 (tmpl_prefix,
6338 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6339 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6340 const char *, NULL)
6341
6342 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6343 DEFHOOK
6344 (var_fields,
6345 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6346 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6347 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6348 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6349 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6350 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6351 default_emutls_var_fields)
6352
6353 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6354 DEFHOOK
6355 (var_init,
6356 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6357 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6358 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6359 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6360 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6361 default_emutls_var_init)
6362
6363 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6364 proxy variable. */
6365 DEFHOOKPOD
6366 (var_align_fixed,
6367 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6368 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6369 single objects. The default is false.",
6370 bool, false)
6371
6372 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6373 DEFHOOKPOD
6374 (debug_form_tls_address,
6375 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6376 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6377 bool, false)
6378
6379 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6380
6381 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6382 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6383 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6384
6385 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6386 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6387 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6388 DEFHOOK
6389 (valid_attribute_p,
6390 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6391 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6392 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6393 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6394 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6395 \n\
6396 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6397 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6398 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6399 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6400 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6401
6402 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6403 DEFHOOK
6404 (save,
6405 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6406 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6407 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6408 @xref{Option file format}.",
6409 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6410 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6411
6412 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6413 structure. */
6414 DEFHOOK
6415 (restore,
6416 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6417 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6418 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6419 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6420 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6421
6422 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6423 streamed in. */
6424 DEFHOOK
6425 (post_stream_in,
6426 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6427 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6428 LTO bytecode.",
6429 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6430
6431 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6432 structure. */
6433 DEFHOOK
6434 (print,
6435 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6436 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6437 function-specific options.",
6438 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6439
6440 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6441 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6442 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6443 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6444 DEFHOOK
6445 (pragma_parse,
6446 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6447 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6448 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6449 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6450 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6451 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6452
6453 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6454 DEFHOOK
6455 (override,
6456 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6457 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6458 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6459 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6460 \n\
6461 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6462 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6463 \n\
6464 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6465 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6466 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6467 void, (void),
6468 hook_void_void)
6469
6470 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6471 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6472 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6473 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6474 DEFHOOK
6475 (function_versions,
6476 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6477 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6478 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6479 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6480 different target machines.",
6481 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6482 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6483
6484 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6485 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6486 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6487 DEFHOOK
6488 (can_inline_p,
6489 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6490 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6491 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6492 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6493 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6494 default_target_can_inline_p)
6495
6496 DEFHOOK
6497 (relayout_function,
6498 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6499 void, (tree fndecl),
6500 hook_void_tree)
6501
6502 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6503
6504 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6505 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6506 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6507 DEFHOOK
6508 (extra_live_on_entry,
6509 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6510 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6511 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6512 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6513 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6514 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6515 void, (bitmap regs),
6516 hook_void_bitmap)
6517
6518 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6519 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6520 definition. */
6521 DEFHOOKPOD
6522 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6523 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6524 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6525 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6526 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6527 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6528 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6529 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6530 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6531 bool,
6532 false)
6533
6534 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6535 DEFHOOK
6536 (set_up_by_prologue,
6537 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6538 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6539 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6540 NULL)
6541
6542 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6543 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6544 function attribute. */
6545 DEFHOOK
6546 (warn_func_return,
6547 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6548 bool, (tree),
6549 hook_bool_tree_true)
6550
6551 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6552 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6553 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6554
6555 DEFHOOK
6556 (get_separate_components,
6557 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6558 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6559 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6560 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6561 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6562 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6563 sbitmap, (void),
6564 NULL)
6565
6566 DEFHOOK
6567 (components_for_bb,
6568 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6569 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6570 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6571 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6572 NULL)
6573
6574 DEFHOOK
6575 (disqualify_components,
6576 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6577 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6578 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6579 epilogue instead.",
6580 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6581 NULL)
6582
6583 DEFHOOK
6584 (emit_prologue_components,
6585 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6586 void, (sbitmap),
6587 NULL)
6588
6589 DEFHOOK
6590 (emit_epilogue_components,
6591 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6592 void, (sbitmap),
6593 NULL)
6594
6595 DEFHOOK
6596 (set_handled_components,
6597 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6598 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6599 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6600 will be deleted after this call.",
6601 void, (sbitmap),
6602 NULL)
6603
6604 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6605 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6606 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6607
6608 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6609 DEFHOOK
6610 (debug_unwind_info,
6611 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6612 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6613 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6614 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6615 \n\
6616 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6617 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6618 \n\
6619 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6620 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6621 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6622 default_debug_unwind_info)
6623
6624 DEFHOOK
6625 (reset_location_view, "\
6626 This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6627 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6628 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6629 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6630 \n\
6631 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6632 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6633 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6634 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6635 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6636 \n\
6637 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6638 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6639 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6640
6641 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6642 defined at this time. */
6643 DEFHOOK
6644 (canonicalize_comparison,
6645 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6646 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6647 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6648 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6649 \n\
6650 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6651 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6652 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6653 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6654 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6655 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6656 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6657 \n\
6658 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6659 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6660 @file{md} file.\n\
6661 \n\
6662 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6663 comparison code or operands.",
6664 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6665 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6666
6667 DEFHOOK
6668 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6669 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6670 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6671 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6672 \n\
6673 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6674 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6675 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6676 \n\
6677 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6678 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6679 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6680 \n\
6681 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6682 defined to 1.",
6683 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6684
6685 DEFHOOKPOD
6686 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6687 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6688 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\
6689 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6690 unsigned char, 1)
6691
6692 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6693 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6694 as needed. */
6695 DEFHOOK
6696 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6697 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6698 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6699 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6700 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6701 hook_uint_mode_0)
6702
6703 DEFHOOK
6704 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6705 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6706 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6707 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6708 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6709 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6710 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6711 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6712 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6713 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6714 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6715 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6716 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6717 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6718 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6719 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6720 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6721 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6722
6723 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6724
6725 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6726 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6727 DEFHOOKPOD
6728 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6729 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6730 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6731 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6732 bool, false)
6733
6734 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6735 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6736 DEFHOOKPOD
6737 (have_ctors_dtors,
6738 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6739 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6740 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6741 bool, false)
6742
6743 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6744 DEFHOOKPOD
6745 (have_tls,
6746 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6747 The default value is false.",
6748 bool, false)
6749
6750 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6751 DEFHOOKPOD
6752 (have_srodata_section,
6753 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6754 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6755 bool, false)
6756
6757 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6758 DEFHOOKPOD
6759 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6760 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6761 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6762 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6763 true otherwise.",
6764 bool, true)
6765
6766 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6767 DEFHOOKPOD
6768 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6769 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6770 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6771 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6772 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6773 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6774 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6775 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6776 \n\
6777 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6778 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6779 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6780 bool, false)
6781
6782 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6783 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6784 DEFHOOKPOD
6785 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6786 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6787 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6788 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6789 this to be done. The default is false.",
6790 bool, false)
6791
6792 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6793 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6794 DEFHOOKPOD
6795 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6796 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6797 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6798 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6799 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6800 bool, false)
6801
6802 DEFHOOKPOD
6803 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6804 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6805 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6806 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6807 bool, false)
6808
6809 DEFHOOKPOD
6810 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6811 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6812 bool, false)
6813
6814 DEFHOOKPOD
6815 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6816 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6817 bool, false)
6818
6819 DEFHOOKPOD
6820 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6821 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6822 targets.",
6823 bool, false)
6824
6825 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6826
6827 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6828 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6829 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6830 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6831
6832 DEFHOOK
6833 (emit,
6834 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6835 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6836
6837 DEFHOOK
6838 (needed,
6839 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6840 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6841
6842 DEFHOOK
6843 (after,
6844 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6845 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6846
6847 DEFHOOK
6848 (entry,
6849 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6850 int, (int entity), NULL)
6851
6852 DEFHOOK
6853 (exit,
6854 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6855 int, (int entity), NULL)
6856
6857 DEFHOOK
6858 (priority,
6859 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6860 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6861
6862 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6863
6864 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6865 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
6866 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
6867
6868 DEFHOOK
6869 (can_tag_addresses,
6870 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
6871 of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
6872 work.\n\
6873 \n\
6874 At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\
6875 @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
6876 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
6877
6878 DEFHOOK
6879 (tag_size,
6880 "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
6881 \n\
6882 The default returns 8.",
6883 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
6884
6885 DEFHOOK
6886 (granule_size,
6887 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
6888 I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
6889 return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
6890 @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
6891 \n\
6892 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
6893 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
6894 the same tag.\n\
6895 \n\
6896 The default returns 16.",
6897 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
6898
6899 DEFHOOK
6900 (insert_random_tag,
6901 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
6902 (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
6903 Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
6904 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
6905 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
6906
6907 DEFHOOK
6908 (add_tag,
6909 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
6910 the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
6911 @var{base}.\n\
6912 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
6913 put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
6914 \n\
6915 Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
6916 RTL.",
6917 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
6918 default_memtag_add_tag)
6919
6920 DEFHOOK
6921 (set_tag,
6922 "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
6923 Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
6924 @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
6925 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
6926 @var{tag}.",
6927 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
6928
6929 DEFHOOK
6930 (extract_tag,
6931 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
6932 Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
6933 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
6934 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
6935
6936 DEFHOOK
6937 (untagged_pointer,
6938 "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
6939 Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
6940 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
6941 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
6942
6943 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
6944 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6945 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6946
6947 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6948 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6949 #include "target-insns.def"
6950 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6951
6952 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6953 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6954 #include "target-insns.def"
6955 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6956
6957 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6958 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6959 #include "target-insns.def"
6960 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6961
6962 DEFHOOK
6963 (run_target_selftests,
6964 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6965 void, (void),
6966 NULL)
6967
6968 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6969 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
6970